Keyboard Part Number List

JavaScript disabled or not supported

It appears you have prevented JavaScript from running in your web browser or are using a web browser that does not support JavaScript. Admiral Shark's Keyboards presently requires JavaScript for quality-of-life features like switching between light/dark mode, navigating via title or image and copying search query links, and is necessary for the keyboard matrix simulators, keyboard property modals, interactable slideshows and image size optimisation. Please consider enabling JavaScript or using a web browser that supports it for a fully-featured and correctly working experience. If you have suggestions for reducing JavaScript dependency, feel free to let me know.

Go back to options

1235 keyboards found/on record (showing page 4/5 - results 751 to 1000)...

Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 5

Lexmark Classic Touch Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Stick and Erase-Eaze Option

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1378192
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	N/A

IBM TrackPoint II Keyboard (Black)

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	13H6705
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1404838
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	FRU part number for the Maxi Switch variant is 13H6710, sold under the OPTIONS by IBM brand
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1997-13M-101 Doc: Options by IBM: TrackPoint II Keyboard (Raven Black) -- PS Style (13H6705) (#194-361) [source: IBM]

IBM Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G3281
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	82G3282
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	9081
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Also branded as IBM Enhanced Keyboard with TrackPoint II, sold as part of the IBM Select-A-Keyboard scheme
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM PS/2 76 and 77 Family of Systems and Options (#194-206) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM PC 300 Series Pentium Systems Announcement Letter (#194-347) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM PC Server 310 - FRU-P/N Cross Reference (EMEA) (#JBAR-3WDP8W) [source: kev009] Web: https://phosphorglow.net/2014/05/09/82g3281-m13trackpoint-ii-february-17th-1994/ Web: https://imgur.com/a/YpKgN

IBM Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G3285
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	82G3286
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Canadian/French ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM PC Server 310 - FRU-P/N Cross Reference (EMEA) (#JBAR-3WDP8W) [source: kev009] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=6d77e6b0608384ad

Lexmark Select-Ease Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1378300
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M15 Adjustable Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Multi-setting ergonomic feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	89
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.worthpoint.com/worthopedia/lexmark-select-ease-split-ergonomic-3906251484 Web: http://www.zwettler.net/en/keyboards/article/m15-lexmark-1378300.html Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20240919154754/https://www.ebay.com/itm/235750598497

IBM Adjustable Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	13H6689
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M15 Adjustable Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo Or OPTIONS by IBM logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Multi-setting ergonomic feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	89
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/options-for-ibm-model-m15-ergonomic-new-02-nov-94/

Lexmark Select-Ease Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1428401
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M15 Adjustable Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Multi-setting ergonomic feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	89
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	May say "P/N W/ADAPTER" on its rear label
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1995-lexmark-model-m15-ergonomic-1428401-22-november-1995/

IBM Adjustable Keyboard Numeric Keypad Option

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1403599
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M15 Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Multi-setting ergonomic feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	17
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad

IBM Enhanced Keyboard - AT Style

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	92G7454
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	92G7454
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Sold under the OPTIONS by IBM brand
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: Options by IBM: Overview (#194-052) [source: IBM] Web: https://www.worthpoint.com/worthopedia/vintage-ibm-model-mechanical-keyboard-3874138798

IBM RS/6000 Notebook N40 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1403213
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6 Type III Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q1
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	1995-09-19
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: US - IBM RS/6000 Model N40 Sales Manual (#7007-N40) [source: IBM] Web: https://ardent-tool.com/RS6000/7007/7007-n40.html#Keyboard

IBM Japanese Keyboard/TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	66G8362
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1403247
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	5576-C01
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M 5576-C01 TrackPoint II Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 5538-W Personal System/55E (i486SX-33) IBM 5538-Y Personal System/55E (i486DX-33 & VGA) IBM 5538-Z Personal System/55E (i486DX-33 & SVGA)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.S.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Japanese JIS
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1994-C01-106 Web: https://www.ardent-tool.com/sandy55/5576/5576.html

IBM Japanese Keyboard/TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	66G8363
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	5576-C01
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M 5576-C01 TrackPoint II Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 5538-W Personal System/55E (i486SX-33) IBM 5538-Y Personal System/55E (i486DX-33 & VGA) IBM 5538-Z Personal System/55E (i486DX-33 & SVGA)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.S.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q1
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Japanese JIS
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.ardent-tool.com/sandy55/5576/5576.html

IBM Soft Touch Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	8184692
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced RISC Systems Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Soft Touch greased membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM Soft Touch grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Internal speaker
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Was available as an option for the IBM 7006 RS/6000 Graphics Workstation
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM RISC System/6000 Model 41T and 41W Graphics Workstations Announcement (#194-146) [source: IBM] Doc: IBM 7006 Graphics Workstation Service Guide (#SA23-2719-01) [source: Ardent Tool]

IBM InfoWindow II Twinax Display Station Quiet Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	92G9006
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	92G9007
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q2
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	1997-04-22
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed modular-8P5C ("RJ-45") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/a312.htm Web: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q8Hb1A6rwo8&t=125s

IBM ThinkPad 510 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	73G3412
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	73G3394
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type IV Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	81
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 1 (#S82G-1501-01) [source: IBM] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/wiki?id=modelm6#TP510

AST Ascentia 900N/910N Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	232010-001
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type VI Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	82
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Lexmark part number 1378887
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://youtu.be/CKNEFcI0oQI?t=11

AST Ascentia 900N/910N Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	232010-004
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type VI Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	83
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Lexmark part number 1378889
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1994-61K-83

AST Ascentia 900N/910N Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	232010-008
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type VI Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	83
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss-German ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Lexmark part number 1378897
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=11c7b1eb36ecf4fb

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8797
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6495
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6445
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6495
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM] Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20230501183356/https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/266098591166

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6475
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6496
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-61K-86 Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6497
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German (Black)
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6498
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss/German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6499
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6500
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss/French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6501
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6502
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swedish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6503
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Dutch
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6504
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6505
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Danish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6506
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Belgian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6507
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Norwegian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6508
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Arabic
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6509
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Hebrew
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6510
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6511
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Turkish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6512
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Greek
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6513
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin American
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6514
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Canadian French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6515
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Japanese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Enhanced 101-key Industrial Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	41G3576
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	6001
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Industrial Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$248 USD in 1997
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Despite being "industrial" this keyboard is pearl white, availability for order with IBM Industrial Computers was withdrawn effective 8th November 1994, this part number replaced 06H3830 effective 27th November 1996
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: Withdrawal: Selected IBM Industrial Products (#194-391) [source: IBM] Doc: Changes to Ordering Part Numbers for Selected Industrial Computer and Data Collection Features (#A96-1430) [source: IBM] Doc: Price Changes: Selected Models and Features for Data Collection and Industrial Computer Products (#A97-1438) [source: IBM] Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20231001161336/https://nwqz.yygoldk.top/index.php?main_page=product_info&products_id=45626

IBM Personal System/2 Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1392011
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Canadian French
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Personal System/2 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S52G-9971-02) [source: Ardent Tool]

IBM Personal System/2 Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1393866
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Cyrillic
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Personal System/2 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S52G-9971-02) [source: Ardent Tool]

IBM Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G3295
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	82G3278
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1378275
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1994 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Available as an alternate keyboard for the IBM PC 300 Series
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-EEP-101 Doc: IBM PC 300 Series Pentium Systems Announcement Letter (#194-347) [source: IBM]

IBM ASCII-style Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1399600
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	103
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	FR ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Presently suspected to be an IBM 3152 ASCII Display Station keyboard
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20240915202859/https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=111836.0

IBM Program Function Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1389198
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1389199
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type I 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battleship
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Dual-setting riser feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (240) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin American Spanish ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	"FPxx" command key block, has APL keycap sublegends
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1995-ibm-model-m122-battleship-1389198-11-15-95-with-apl-keyset-with-original-styrofoam/

Cube Computer Corporation Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1378207
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Cube Computer Corporation rectangle
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.worthpoint.com/worthopedia/vintage-1995-ibm-model-clicky-1808709601

IBM Personal System/2 Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H1292
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	42H1296
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	11A0205
Known Package/Box Part NumbersKnown Package/Box Part Numbers Possible numbers assigned to the original packaging this keyboard was shipped in.	06H4520
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	KB 454
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, IBM U.K., Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge Or IBM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2002-EEP-101 Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1997-ibm-model-m-42h1292-made-by-ibm-uk-28-10-97-new/ Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1999-ibm-model-m-42h1292-made-by-ibm-uk-06-04-99/ Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20050305214115/https://www.clickykeyboards.com/index.cfm/fa/items.main/parentcat/9231/subcatid/0/id/130207

IBM Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	61G3973
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	61G3976
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1379063
Known Package/Box Part NumbersKnown Package/Box Part Numbers Possible numbers assigned to the original packaging this keyboard was shipped in.	61G3975
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Brazilian ABNT2
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Seems to be equivalent to P/N 61G3974
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1995-ibm-model-m-61g3973-11-22-95-made-for-ibm-by-lexmark-103-key-iso-brazilian-portuguese-new/

IBM Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G2384
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	82G3294
Known Package/Box Part NumbersKnown Package/Box Part Numbers Possible numbers assigned to the original packaging this keyboard was shipped in.	82G3292
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Portuguese ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220512121154/https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/403509939110

Bull DPX/20 Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1399240
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1394553
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced RISC Systems Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Bull cylindrical-protruded rectangle
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Internal speaker
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Based on an IBM RISC System/6000 Enhanced Keyboard, has Ctrl/Act key in place of the right Ctrl key
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-EES-101

Lexmark Host Connected Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1369986
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.reddit.com/r/modelm/comments/x3g0yn/lexmark_model_m122/

Lynk Function Key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	901022-50
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	LX-122-US
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lynk rectangle
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	ISO

IBM 7785 Service Bay System Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	41G3200
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	41G3548
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Industrial Space Saving Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	SSK
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Industrial Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Known to be used by Ford
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?t=16586

IBM Industrial Space Saving Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	41G3600
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Industrial Space Saving Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	SSK
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Industrial Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: http://www.9999hp.net/keyboard/temp/

IBM Selectric Touch Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1395716
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M2 Selectric Touch Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Danish ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=7ce18ace76ae3864

IBM Selectric Touch Keyboard with Quiet Touch

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	73G4616
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M2 Selectric Touch Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Brazilian Portuguese ABNT2
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.ebay.com/itm/286118725146

Lexmark Streamlined Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1398419
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M2 Terminal Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed modular-6P4C ("RJ-14") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Seems to be a PC-style terminal keyboard with an unusually short cable
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220320204214/https://www.ebay.com/itm/125112840950
CreditsCredits A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number.	Baron_On_Wings#6809

IBM 3153 InfoWindow II Color ASCII Display Station Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	25H2142
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	"Model M3" Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 3153 InfoWindow II Color ASCII Display Station (IBM 3101 family)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed modular-8P5C ("RJ-45") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI (PC-style)
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Seemingly a PC-style terminal keyboard that's otherwise identical to the Model M2, "Model M3" designation possibly a misprint given other completely different Model M3s are known
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/e83e.htm

IBM 101-Key Keyboard with 25mm Trackball - PS Style

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	92G7455
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1398148
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M5-2 Trackball Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	25mm trackball
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	FRU per DPRS number is 13H6723
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-52P-101 Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm

IBM 101-Key Keyboard with 25mm Trackball - AT Style

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	92G7456
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M5-2 Trackball Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2, keyboard) & RS-232 (mouse)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to DIN (180) & DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	25mm trackball
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	FRU per DPRS number is 13H6724
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm Web: https://www.worthpoint.com/worthopedia/nib-vintage-ibm-trackball-mechanical-2105693645

Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	661-0963
Known Package/Box Part NumbersKnown Package/Box Part Numbers Possible numbers assigned to the original packaging this keyboard was shipped in.	ZM602-1637-A
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	X0044
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type IV Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Newton logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 8-pin mini-DIN cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	61
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1997-61K-61 Web: https://newtonfaq.com/newton-faq-hardware.html Web: http://applepc.org/part-number-reference/17newton/

Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	B661-0963
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	X0044
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type IV Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Newton logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 8-pin mini-DIN cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	61
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-61K-61 Web: https://newtonfaq.com/newton-faq-hardware.html Web: http://applepc.org/part-number-reference/17newton/

Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	D661-0963
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	X0044
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type IV Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Newton logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 8-pin mini-DIN cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	62
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1997-61K-62 Web: https://newtonfaq.com/newton-faq-hardware.html Web: http://applepc.org/part-number-reference/17newton/

Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	F661-0963
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	X0044
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type IV Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Newton logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 8-pin mini-DIN cable
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://newtonfaq.com/newton-faq-hardware.html Web: http://applepc.org/part-number-reference/17newton/

Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	S661-0963
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	X0044
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type IV Apple Newton MessagePad Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Newton logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 8-pin mini-DIN cable
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	60%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swedish
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://newtonfaq.com/newton-faq-hardware.html Web: http://applepc.org/part-number-reference/17newton/

Lexmark Classic Touch Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Stick

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1403380
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2, keyboard) & RS-232 (mouse)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) & DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	N/A
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-13L-101-A

Lexmark Classic Touch Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Stick

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1428405
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Lexmark logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2, keyboard) & RS-232 (mouse)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) & DE-9 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	ANSI /w Cangjie/Zhuyin
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=783edf9469f00574

IBM Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G3283
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	82G3284
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin/Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM PC Server 310 - FRU-P/N Cross Reference (EMEA) (#JBAR-3WDP8W) [source: kev009]

IBM Enhanced Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	92G7461
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1379916
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	FRU part number for the Maxi Switch variant is 13H6728, sold under OPTIONS by IBM brand
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-13L-101

IBM Enhanced Industrial Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	06H4173
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	06H4842
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	6045
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 TrackPoint II/FSR Industrial Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 7585 Industrial Computer IBM 7587 Model 1 Industrial Computer IBM 7588 Industrial Computer
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Maxi Switch, Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Industrial Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge Or IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick, "Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$389 USD in 1997
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Replaced P/N 06H3836 on 27th November 1996, FRU part number for Lexmark and Unicomp made examples is 06H4173
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1998-13U-101 Doc: Changes to Ordering Part Numbers for Selected Industrial Computer and Data Collection Features (#A96-1430) [source: IBM] Doc: Price Changes: Selected Models and Features for Data Collection and Industrial Computer Products (#A97-1438) [source: IBM] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=0214a6a8104a8c6e

IBM EduQuest Space Saving Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	60G0869
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Space Saving Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	SSK
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 9613 EduQuest Thirty-Five IBM 9615 EduQuest Fifty-Five
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	1996-08-13
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Replaced P/N 60G0815, some examples have also be labelled as P/N 1395100, key-switch presently unknown
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: New Unit Pack Ordering for IBM IDE Disk Drives and Other Selected K-12 Education Products Announcement (#194-419) [source: IBM] Doc: Hardware Withdrawal: Selected EduQuest Educational Computer Features -- Replacements Available (#996-203) [source: IBM] Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20230806231203/https://www.ebay.com/itm/225709352199?orig_cvip=true&nordt=true&rt=nc

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5897
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5898
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5899
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss/German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5900
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5901
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss/French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5902
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5903
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Finnish, Swedish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5904
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Dutch
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5905
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5906
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Danish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5907
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Belgium
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5908
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Norwegian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5909
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Arabic
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5910
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Hebrew
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5911
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5912
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Turkish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5913
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Greek
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5914
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin American
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5915
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Canadian French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G5916
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Japanese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM ThinkPad 355-series/360-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G8348
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q1
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Russian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G2529
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Can be paired with numeric keypad P/N 84G2530
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6279
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Can be paired with numeric keypad P/N 84G6280
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6285
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Can be paired with numeric keypad P/N 84G6286
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6288
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6291
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Can be paired with numeric keypad P/N 84G6292
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6294
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6297
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Can be paired with numeric keypad P/N 84G6298
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-41K-84 Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6303
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swedish ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Can be paired with numeric keypad P/N 84G6304
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G2526
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G2530
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1995-41P-18 Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6280
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6286
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6292
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6298
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6304
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swedish
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G6310
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Norwegian
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 370C Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	85G7443
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Russian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

AST Ascentia 950N Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	232011-001
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type VI Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Lexmark part number 1428200
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=5640862e4e608623

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8101
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8102
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8113
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8114
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8115
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8128
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swedish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8129
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Dutch
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8130
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8131
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Danish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8132
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Belgian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8133
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Norwegian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8134
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Arabic
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8135
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Hebrew
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8136
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Portuguese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8137
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Turkish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8138
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Greek
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8139
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin American
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8140
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Canadian French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	29H8141
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Japanese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	45H8728
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	29H8109
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)]

IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 & RS/6000 Notebook 860 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	45H8729
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	29H8110
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM ThinkPad Power Series 850 Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2383-00) [source: OS/2 Museum (M. Necasek)] Web: https://forum.vcfed.org/index.php?threads/ibm-thinkpad-850.23228/

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3979
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	41H9789
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1995 Q4
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Alternate FRU 12J1944
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM Industrial Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1394950
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Industrial Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Industrial Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI

IBM InfoWindow Coax Display Station Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1394223
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1394249
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 3471 InfoWindow Display Station (IBM 3270 family) IBM 3472 InfoWindow Display Station (IBM 3270 family)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark, IBM U.K., Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge Or IBM blue oval badge Or IBM logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed modular-8P5C ("RJ-45") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	103
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Croatian ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Has combined F1/F13 to F12/F24 function key row, Unicomp-made versions may lack the elongated flip-out feet
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=847d3e869c213755 Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=5d8b65e575b90588 Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=4d516ae681bf9785
CreditsCredits A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number.	jugostran

IBM Basic Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	06H2963
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French/Canadian ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM PC Servers Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2501-01) [source: ManualZilla]

IBM Personal System/2 Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H1295
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	42H1299
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French/Canadian ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300/700 Series Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-08) [source: kev009] Web: https://imgur.com/a/zrs7C

IBM Basic Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G3255
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Turkish (440)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM PC Server 310 - FRU-P/N Cross Reference (EMEA) (#JBAR-3WDP8W) [source: kev009]

IBM Basic Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	82G3291
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin/Spanish ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM PC Servers Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S30H-2501-01) [source: ManualZilla]

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1397461
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	1397480
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Lexmark
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20230409160056/https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/256037733681

IBM Quiet Touch Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8525
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84H8567
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	E04024US
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic, Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Model number applicable to Key Tronic OEM examples only, some late Unicomp examples were designated simply "M4"
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=bd3278961bab7ffc Web: https://imgur.com/a/M8KEe9K Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=300b93693cc821e8

IBM Quiet Touch Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8537
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	19
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1996-ibm-model-m4-1-keyboard-with-trackpoint-84h8470-22-nov-1996-and-external-numpad-84h8537-spare-keyboard-assembly-4/

IBM ThinkPad 750-series, 755C-series & 370C Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	39H4027
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	66G0154
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	86
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	FR ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	39H4047
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6496
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	86
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1998-61K-86 ASK: SNKB-M1998-61K-86-B ASK: SNKB-M1998-61K-86-C ASK: SNKB-M1998-61K-86-D Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3936
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Arabic
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3937
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Belgian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3938
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Canadian (French)
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3939
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Danish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3940
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Dutch
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3941
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swedish/Finnish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3942
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3943
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3944
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Greek
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3945
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Hebrew
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3946
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3948
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin American, Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3949
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Norwegian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3950
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Portuguese/Brazil
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3951
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3952
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3953
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3954
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Turkish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3955
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	12J1945
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	United Kingdom
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3956
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Russian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3970
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	42H3947
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	90
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Japanese
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1996-61K-90 ASK: SNKB-M1997-61K-90 Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	73H7241
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Czech
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	73H7242
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Hungary
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365X-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	73H7243
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Poland
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	73H7244
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Slovenia/Croatia/Bosnia
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	75H7562
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Swiss French/German Combination
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 3 (#S82G-1503-05) [source: IBM]

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G2525
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G2529
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick

IBM Quiet Touch Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8468
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84H8566
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	One of five similar originally Key Tronic made keyboards with different default DIP switch settings, if present has a default DIP switch setting of 0-0-1-0
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://fccid.io/CIGM4-1 Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm

IBM Quiet Touch Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8469
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84H8566
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	One of five similar originally Key Tronic made keyboards with different default DIP switch settings, if present has a default DIP switch setting of 0-0-0-1
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://fccid.io/CIGM4-1 Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm

IBM Quiet Touch Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8470
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84H8566
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	One of five similar originally Key Tronic made keyboards with different default DIP switch settings, if present has a default DIP switch setting of 0-1-0-0
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://fccid.io/CIGM4-1 Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1996-ibm-model-m4-1-keyboard-with-trackpoint-84h8470-22-nov-1996-and-external-numpad-84h8537-spare-keyboard-assembly-4/

IBM Quiet Touch Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8471
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84H8566
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	One of five similar originally Key Tronic made keyboards with different default DIP switch settings, if present has a default DIP switch setting of 0-0-1-1
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://fccid.io/CIGM4-1 Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=a445f904d80f412d

IBM Quiet Touch Keyboard with TrackPoint II

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84H8503
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84H8566
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic, Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	One of five similar originally Key Tronic made keyboards with different default DIP switch settings, if present has a default DIP switch setting of 0-0-0-0
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://fccid.io/CIGM4-1 Web: http://ps-2.kev009.com/pcpartnerinfo/ctstips/4b76.htm Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=6cfc9c6eeefa9b95

IBM ThinkPad 755C-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	39H4046
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6495
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1996 Q4
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Mobile Systems Hardware Maintenance Manual Volume 2 (#S82G-1502-03) [source: IBM]

IBM InfoWindow Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1394125
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Combined F1/F13 to F12/F24 function key row, comes with three-way cable router

Lexmark Classic Touch Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1369290
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	1369290
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	5091213
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Arabic ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/1997-lexmark-model-m-1369290-2-21-97-made-by-unicomp-102-key-iso-arabic/

IBM Personal System/2 Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H1297
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Brazil/Portugal ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300/700 Series Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-08) [source: kev009]

IBM Personal System/2 Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H1298
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin/Spanish ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Personal Computer 300/700 Series Hardware Maintenance Manual (#S83G-7789-08) [source: kev009]

IBM Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	8134943
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Korean Hangul ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=4bc4bbec14ebd007

Unicomp 5250 Terminal for Decision Data

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	A218331
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Decision Data logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Has a unique red "ALICE" key top-right of the numeric keypad area
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=040ed836b1c7cfd0

IBM Space Saver Numeric Keypad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G8525
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G8567
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	18
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
CreditsCredits A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number.	mrprofessor

Tadpole SPARCbook 3000ST Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	600515-US
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	U04056US
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type III Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1997
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://jasoneckert.github.io/myblog/sparcbook-teardown/

IBM Industrial Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	02K3672
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	02K3672
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Industrial Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Industrial Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.worthpoint.com/worthopedia/vintage-keyboard-ibm-model-unicomp-3783187944

Unicomp Customizer

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H1292U
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EFjQsnX61-E

IBM Space Saving Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1393278
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Space Saving Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	SSK
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Keyboards of this part number were originally produced by IBM in the late 1980s according to Neotec (former authorised Unicomp distributor)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://ide-research.net/keyboard/keyboard-review/ibm-space-saver/1393278-2/

IBM InfoWindow II Coax Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1394099
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 3483 InfoWindow II Modular Display Station (IBM 3270 family)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed modular-8P5C ("RJ-45") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: http://greyghost.mooo.com/pccbbs/visuals/g5209424.pdf

Unicomp 5250 Terminal for Decision Data

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	A218291
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Decision Data logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	DE ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Has a unique red "ALICE" key top-right of the numeric keypad area
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=1172dde34cd04452

IBM Selectric Touch Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	8124318
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M2 Selectric Touch Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Turkish (440)
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Was available for the IBM Aptiva model 2144
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Aptiva - 2144 EMEA FRU-P/N Cross Ref List (#DETR-3VPK8M) [source: kev009]

Unicomp Mighty Mouse

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	98U0150
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	98U0150
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None Or Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=108629.0 Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=f5e1a41a99634ace

IBM ThinkPad 365-series Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	42H3978
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	12J1945
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M6-1 Type V Laptop Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Key Tronic
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M6 slider-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	ABS with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	86
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint III strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1998-61K-86-A

IBM Space Saver Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	84G2524
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G2529
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998 Q2
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M1999-41K-83

IBM 84-Key Space Saver Keyboard with TrackPoint

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	28L3640
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G2529
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009] Web: https://web.archive.org/web/19991006163825/http://www5.pc.ibm.com:80/us/products.nsf/$wwwPartNumLookup/_28L3640

IBM 84-Key Space Saver Keyboard with TrackPoint

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	28L3641
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6297
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009]

IBM 84-Key Space Saver Keyboard with TrackPoint

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	28L3642
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6285
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	FR ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009]

IBM 84-Key Space Saver Keyboard with TrackPoint

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	28L3643
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	84G6279
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1998 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	DE ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Designed for use with the IBM Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Space Saver Keyboard - Product Overview (#VLAR-3Z5GNH) [source: kev009]

IBM InfoWindow Twinax Display Station Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1394431
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 3486 InfoWindow II Display Station (IBM 5250 family) IBM 3487 InfoWindow II Display Station (IBM 5250 family) IBM 3488 InfoWindow II Modular Display Station Model V (IBM 5250 family) IBM 3489 InfoWindow II Modular Display Station (IBM 5250 family)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	IBM U.K.
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1999
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM blue oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed modular-8P5C ("RJ-45") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	103
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Croatian ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.ibm.com/docs/de/i/7.1?topic=information-sbcs-keyboard-display-part-numbers-by-language

Unicomp 5250 Terminal for Decision Data

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	A211261
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1999
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Decision Data logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	If other Decision Data branded Unicomp keyboards are any indication this keyboard may use Quiet Touch rubber dome keyswitches, this keyboard has a "red dot" key between the Delete and PgDn keys that might serve as this keyboard's Decision Data "ALICE" key
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20241201150754/https://www.ebay.com/itm/176712759821

Galactech SmarTrex Telecommunications Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	GALII11
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	SmarTrex
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1999
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	SmarTrex logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Galactech part number is 01-00025-00, features holder and cord for a handset and various custom keycaps and legends
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: http://web.archive.org/web/20010218003855/http://www.galactech-corp.com/strexequipment.html

Unicomp Florida Gators Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNIFLKB
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1999
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Florida Gators mascot badge & "FLORIDA" logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$79.00 in 2000
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Features blue and orange Florida Gators themed keycaps
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20011102121903/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/florgatkey.html

Unicomp Kentucky Wildcats Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNIKYKB
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	1999
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Kentucky Wildcats mascot rounded circle badge & "WILDCATS" logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$79.00 in 2000
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Features blue and white Kentucky Wildcats themed keycaps
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20000519122628/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/noname1.html

IBM Wheelwriter Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1398350
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	67
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	This keyboard assembly seems to be equivalent to P/N 1396000
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220616195630/https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/185104415747

Unicomp Customizer

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0412
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI

Unicomp 5250 Terminal 122 for Computer Lab International

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	CLI0356
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Computer Lab International logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Keyboard code "I" under CLI's upgrade nomenclature, it's presently unknown if this keyboard uses buckling spring or Quiet Touch rubber dome keyswitches
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=d4d97dd719af7b59 Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20060314024057fw_/http://www.computerlab.com/termemulmsrp.pdf

Unicomp 5250 Terminal 122 for Praim

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	PRAJ352
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Praim logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	It's presently unknown if this keyboard uses buckling spring or Quiet Touch rubber dome key-switches
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=467f7d02f26dc97c

Affirmative YESboard 5250 PC 122-key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	ACP2956
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	1220GT
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Affirmative Computer Products logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=3e38edf315bb1c85

Unicomp 3270 Emulator 122

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0852
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model_M_keyboard#Features_by_part_number Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=e77095a189cf9e92

Unicomp Mighty Mouse Num Pad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	98U0151
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	17
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$30 USD in 2004
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20040511024618/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/migmouswitnu.html

Unicomp Mighty Mouse Num Pad

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	98U0154
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver Numeric Keypad
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Detachable modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") to modular-10P10C ("RJ-50") cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	17
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Keypad
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$30 USD in 2004
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20040511024618/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/migmouswitnu.html

Unicomp On-The-Ball Plus

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0496
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M5-2/M13 Hybrid Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick & 25mm Trackball

IBM USB Retail POS Keyboard w/o MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1086
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M7-1 50-Key RPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	2005-07-01
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	50
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: Hardware withdrawal: IBM Point of Sale product part numbers from the SAP-HVEC ordering process (#905-147) [source: IBM] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=18ccd619c2da10eb

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1066
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	117
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	DE ISO
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2000-9CR-117

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1075
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB Or Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to 12V PoweredUSB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	116
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2000-9CR-116 ASK: SNKB-M2000-9CR-116-A

Unicomp Customizer for General Electric Marquette

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNZ4416
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard (Healthcare Systems)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2000
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	GE Marquette rectangle & Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	F-keys legends entirely replaced with specialised legends, most of the alphanumeric section has secondary and tertiary legends, Alt keys replaced with "Action" keys, and the numeric keypad's number keys lack navigation sublegends

IBM Wheelwriter 3500 Keyboard Assembly

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	1399135
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M-based Typewriter Keyboard Assembly
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Integrated
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	92
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2001-WWA-92

IBM Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	02K3769
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	02K3817
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	DE ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20220719223122/https://www.ebay.de/itm/265773959920

Unicomp Linux 101

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0R12
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$69 USD in 2001
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	A variant of the period Unicomp Customizer with rearranged Ctrl, Caps Lock and Alt keys to suit Linux usage
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20011224055420/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/linux101.html

Unicomp Linux 101

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0R16
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$69 USD in 2001
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	A variant of the period Unicomp Customizer with rearranged Ctrl, Caps Lock and Alt keys to suit Linux usage
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20011224055420/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/linux101.html

Unicomp 5250 Terminal 122 for I-O Corporation

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	58.003
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	I-O Corporation logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=745744d1081dcd49 Web: https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?t=19778

Unicomp 3270 Emulator 122 for Development Concepts, Inc.

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	DCI0852
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM Quiet Touch rubber domes
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20231214194459/https://www.ebay.com/itm/395063851249

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	13G2130
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	3124
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	M9-e
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	XAC, XSZ
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2001 Q3
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	116
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$625 USD in 2001
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2006-9ME-116 Doc: IBM 4694 Point-of-Sale Systems - New Models Give You Greater Speed and Capacities (#101-276) [source: IBM]

Affirmative YESboard 5250 PC 101-key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	ACP0416
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	1010T
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Affirmative Computer Products logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Has combined F1/F13 to F12/F24 function key row

Unicomp Customizer

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNIL426
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Latin American ISO
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$89 USD in 2002
CreditsCredits A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number.	u/depletedvespene

Unicomp 85 Key Space Saver

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI04C6
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.	1394046
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Space Saving Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	SSK
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM grey oval badge Or IBM blue oval badge Or None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	85
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$59.00 in 2002
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Typically says "Modification of IBM P/N 1394047" or "Modification of IBM P/N 1394054" (made from leftover keyboards and parts)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20021014022729/http://www.pckeyboard.com/special1.html Web: https://ide-research.net/keyboard/keyboard-review/ibm-space-saver/uni04c6/

Unicomp Mighty Mouse

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	98U0176
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4 Space Saver Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	2010
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Rubberised single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2002-4KB-84 Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=290edc6afafd370a

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1059
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	3870
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	117
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	UK ISO
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM SurePOS 750 Models Enhanced Product Announcement (#AG02-0015) [source: IBM]

IBM USB Retail ANPOS Keyboard w/ MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1074
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	3845
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M9 RANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Maxi Switch
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	116
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM SurePOS 750 Models Enhanced Product Announcement (#AG02-0015) [source: IBM]

Unicomp On-The-Stick

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0486
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 FSR Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$99 USD in 2006
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20061109031044/http://pckeyboards.stores.yahoo.net/onthestick.html Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/2002-unicomp-model-uni0486-trackpoint-aug-21-2002/

Unicomp Customizer for General Electric Marquette

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNZ3416
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard (Healthcare Systems)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	GE Marquette rectangle & Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	F-keys and numeric keypad legends entirely replaced with specialised legends, most of the alphanumeric section has secondary and tertiary legends, Alt keys replaced with "Action" keys, and the numeric keypad largely has bright yellow keycaps

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	54P8785
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	XAC
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2002
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Iron Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	134
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	German
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=2c9b8574bb029949

Unicomp Customizer

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UB20416
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Unique all-black keyboard from Unicomp
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://www.clickykeyboards.com/product/2003-unicomp-black-model-m-ub20416-oct-16-2003-2/

IBM Modifiable Layout Keyboard with MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	41J8019
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	41J8021
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	3323
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M11 RPOS Modifiable Layout Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	XSZ
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	2010-11-10
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with lasered legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	SIO via RS-485
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 8-pin SDL cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	133
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size matrix
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Comes with keycap accessory kits 13H7691 and 13H7692
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2006-11K-133 Doc: IBM Guide to Features - SurePOS 700 Models x84 & xx3 (#1R1003844-7x3-x84) [source: dokumen.tips]

IBM USB Modifiable Layout Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1067
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	86H1067
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M11 RPOS Modifiable Layout Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	XSZ
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	2005-07-01
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with lasered legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	133
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size matrix
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: Hardware withdrawal: IBM Point of Sale product part numbers from the SAP-HVEC ordering process (#905-147) [source: IBM] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=e0922494767c769d

Unicomp Customizer for General Electric Marquette

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNZ2416
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard (Healthcare Systems)
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	GE Marquette rectangle & Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	F-keys and numeric keypad legends entirely replaced with specialised legends, most of the alphanumeric section has secondary and tertiary legends, Alt keys replaced with "Action" keys, and the numeric keypad largely has bright yellow keycaps

IBM CANPOS Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	54P8779
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	"Model M-e" CANPOS Keyboard
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Iron Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Simple/generic IBM logo
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	133
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM Point of Sale Options and I/O Devices Service Guide DRAFT (#GC30-9737-01) [source: IBM]

IBM 3494 Track Pointer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	18P7970
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 FSR Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM TotalStorage 3494 Enterprise Automated Tape Library
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	101
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2004-13U-101 Doc: IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library 3494 Parts Catalog (#18P9782) [source: kev009]

IBM 3494 Track Pointer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	18P7971
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 FSR Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM TotalStorage 3494 Enterprise Automated Tape Library
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French/Canadian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library 3494 Parts Catalog (#18P9782) [source: kev009]

IBM 3494 Track Pointer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	18P7972
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 FSR Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM TotalStorage 3494 Enterprise Automated Tape Library
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	French
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library 3494 Parts Catalog (#18P9782) [source: kev009]

IBM 3494 Track Pointer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	18P7973
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 FSR Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM TotalStorage 3494 Enterprise Automated Tape Library
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Italian
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library 3494 Parts Catalog (#18P9782) [source: kev009]

IBM 3494 Track Pointer Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	18P7974
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M13 FSR Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM TotalStorage 3494 Enterprise Automated Tape Library
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2003 Q4
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	Spanish
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library 3494 Parts Catalog (#18P9782) [source: kev009]

Affirmative YESboard 5250 PC 122-key Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	AC40956
Market Model Name/Feature CodeMarket Model Name/Feature Code The consumer-friendly model number describing this keyboard as a part of a range of products, usually irrespective of target region, language or SKU.	1225T
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2004
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Affirmative Computer Products logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	ASK: SNKB-M2005-BT4-122

Unicomp On-The-Ball Plus

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI2496
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M5-2/M13 Hybrid Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2004
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	DE ISO
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	"Lexmark-Unicomp" FSR pointing stick & 25mm Trackball

IBM PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard with Integrated Pointing Device

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	13G2127
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	"Model M9-e" PS/2 ANPOS Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	M9-e
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	XAC
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2004
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Storm Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black straightened-style detachable 8-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	116
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	POS pointer (Synaptics TouchStyk FSC pointing stick)
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock Magnetic stripe reader

Unicomp EnduraPro

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UB204G6
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M EnduraPro Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2004
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with pad-printed legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black straightened-style fixed dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$109 in 2004
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Unique all-black keyboard from Unicomp
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20040225180304/http://store.yahoo.com/pckeyboards/en104bl.html Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=5cdd952363681aa4
CreditsCredits A reserved special acknowledgement to anyone who has helped me with research through social media, email or via the P/N submission form for this keyboard part number.	Crizender#8942

Unicomp 5250 Terminal 102 for Computer Lab International

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	CLI0R26
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced Terminal Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Computer Lab International logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 3)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	White straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$95 USD in 2005
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	Keyboard code "A" under CLI's upgrade nomenclature, it's presently unknown if this keyboard uses buckling spring or Quiet Touch rubber dome keyswitches
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20060314024228fw_/http://www.computerlab.com/tcaccmsrp.pdf Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20060314024057fw_/http://www.computerlab.com/termemulmsrp.pdf

IBM Enhanced Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	02K3760
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	02K3814
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	102
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=72133.0

Unicomp Linux 104

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	UNI0R46
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Enhanced PC Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	104
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Full-size
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.	$69 USD in 2005
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	A variant of the period Unicomp Customizer with rearranged Ctrl, Caps Lock and Alt keys to suit Linux usage
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://web.archive.org/web/20050131171302/http://store.yahoo.com:80/pckeyboards/linux101.html

Unicomp 5250 Terminal 122 for NLynx Technologies

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	DDS0351
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M/Model 1A Type III 122-key Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	NLynx logo across lock-light LEDs area blanking plate
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style fixed DIN (180) cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ISO
Additional NotesAdditional Notes Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.	"LAY" number 301-5522-01, it's presently unknown if this keyboard uses buckling spring or Quiet Touch rubber dome key-switches
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=83acc68095b348d2

Unicomp 5250 Terminal Emulator 122 for Better On-line Solutions

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	BO40B56
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M Type IV 122-key Host Connected Converged Keyboard
NicknameNickname A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.	Battlecruiser
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM membrane buckling springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with dye-sublimated legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	BOSCOM logo across lock-light LEDs overlay Or None
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting elongated flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Black coiled-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 Or Black straightened-style fixed 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	122
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	120%
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US English
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=2769232dd7ec7aae Web: https://imgur.com/a/0q5Og

Unicomp Mighty Mouse

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	98U0153
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M4-1 Space Saver TrackPoint II Keyboard
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	Unicomp
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (M3/M4 rod-actuated type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Raven Black/Stealth Black
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	Unicomp logo across lock-light LEDs overlay
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	Single-setting flip-out feet
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	IBM Mode 2 (scancode set 2)
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey coiled-style detachable 6-pin SDL to dual 6-pin mini-DIN PS/2 cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	84
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Tenkeyless (compacted)
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language The original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.	US ANSI
Built-In MouseBuilt-In Mouse Possible pointing devices this keyboard could carry. This could be a brand name, name of the sensor technology behind it, or a generic description in lieu of the former details.	TrackPoint II strain gauge pointing stick
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=7a19790b0997b6b3 Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=f6a0b4d1b12e2439

IBM USB Retail POS Keyboard w/o MSR

Part NumberPart Number The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.	86H1082
FRU Part NumberFRU Part Number Field Replaceable Unit The number used to relate and indicate compatible but otherwise potentially different keyboards that could replace this one.	86H1082
TypeType A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.	Model M7-1 50-Key RPOS Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.	IBM 4800 SurePOS 700 Series
OEMOEM Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.	XSZ
KeyswitchesKeyswitches The name of the keyswitches this keyboard uses. If the keyswitches used do not have a known name, a generic description of what they are will be provided.	IBM buckling rubber sleeves (early or late POS type)
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance The year (and possibly the quarter or full date) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded, or the first example found.	2005
WithdrawnWithdrawn The date this keyboard part number was withdrawn from marketing. This doesn't necessarily mean production or refurbishments ended on the same date, just the keyboard was no longer being sold under normal circumstances from then on.	2005-07-01
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.	PBT with lasered legends
Cover ColourCover Colour The original colour of this keyboard's cover set (outer casing). For keyboards whose cover set materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.	Pearl White/Litho Grey
BrandingBranding The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.	IBM black oval badge
FeetFeet The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.	None
ProtocolProtocol The protocols this keyboard can use to communicate with their host systems. Typically, this is the name of some sort of serial or parallel data connection. Known scancode sets the protocol can support may also be stated in brackets.	USB HID
ConnectionConnection The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.	Grey straightened-style detachable 4x1 IDC to Type A USB cable
Key CountKey Count The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.	50
Form FactorForm Factor The standardised or universally acknowledged name for this keyboard's layout form factor.	Functional keypad
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.	Key-lock
Source(s)Source(s) Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.	Doc: Hardware withdrawal: IBM Point of Sale product part numbers from the SAP-HVEC ordering process (#905-147) [source: IBM] Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=e1c9abcd765627b8

Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 5